[opensuse-translation-commit] r92303 - trunk/yast/50-pot
Author: ancor
Date: 2015-08-25 23:58:53 +0200 (Tue, 25 Aug 2015)
New Revision: 92303
Added:
trunk/yast/50-pot/docker.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot
Modified:
trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/base.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/control.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/country.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/fonts.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/isns.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/journal.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/live-installer.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/mail.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/network.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/nis.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/oneclickinstall.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/opensuse_mirror.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/packager.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/pam.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/printer.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/qt.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/rear.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/s390.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/security.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/sound.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/squid.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/support.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/tune.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/update.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/users.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/vm.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/wol.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot
Log:
Updated pot files for YaST
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME
<b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authenticat"
-"ion to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitl"
-"y.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Activate Domain"
msgstr ""
+#. Create new service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
+msgid ""
"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Pr"
"ovider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
msgid ""
"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configure"
"d or SSSD won't start."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
msgid ""
"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
msgid ""
"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing u"
"ser name and domain into these components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
msgid ""
"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (nam"
"e, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
msgid ""
"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its"
" internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
msgid ""
"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to pol"
"ling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
msgid ""
"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache file"
"s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
msgid ""
"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a doma"
"in name component."
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
msgid ""
"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the defa"
"ult value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
msgid ""
"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opene"
"d at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
msgid ""
"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process c"
"an hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
msgid ""
"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it i"
"s first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr ""
#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
msgid ""
"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about al"
"l users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
msgid ""
"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background i"
"f they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that "
"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking"
" the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
-msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
-msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
msgid ""
"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value o"
"r a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
msgid ""
"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified exp"
"licitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered "
"valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be val"
"id."
msgstr ""
#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached log"
"ins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
msgid ""
"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has "
"been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
msgid ""
"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately"
" update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that a"
@@ -418,33 +425,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
msgid ""
"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that "
"implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits"
" before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
msgid ""
"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts fil"
"e."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host"
" keys were requested."
@@ -452,899 +459,918 @@
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
msgid ""
"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outsi"
"de these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
-msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
msgid ""
"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor w"
"ill forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backe"
"nd again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the "
"backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the"
" backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking "
"the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking t"
"he backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
msgid ""
"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend ag"
"ain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
msgid ""
"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid bef"
"ore asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
-msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
msgid ""
"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before be"
"ing removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
msgid ""
"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) a"
"s the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
msgid ""
"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string cont"
"aining user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
msgid ""
"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain)"
" tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
msgid ""
"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing"
" DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resol"
"ver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
-msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
msgid ""
"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the"
" service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
msgid ""
"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second look"
"up by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name wa"
"s an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to"
" groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
-msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies"
" only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
msgid ""
"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home dir"
"ectory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
msgid ""
"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created h"
"ome directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
msgid ""
"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in t"
"he user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s"
"hould connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s"
"hould connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
-msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the par"
"ent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last passwo"
"rd change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period"
")."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity per"
"iod)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this p"
"arameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5)"
" counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a"
"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a"
"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter deter"
"mines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access"
" is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until whi"
"ch date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours"
" of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
msgid ""
"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm "
"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enu"
"merated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
msgid ""
"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups wi"
"th no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save spac"
"e."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will us"
"e the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to "
"determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence"
" of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
msgid ""
" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the pa"
"rent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
msgid ""
"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC"
"2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follo"
"w."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu"
"re which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or d"
"eep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu"
"re which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with "
"complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their alia"
"ses."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
msgid ""
"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches fo"
"r this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
msgid ""
" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run befo"
"re they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is ent"
"ered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enume"
"rations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are re"
"turned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following"
" a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs wi"
"ll abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be m"
"aintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
msgid ""
"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some "
"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum securit"
"y level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
msgid ""
"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cac"
"he in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid ""
-"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if a"
-"ny."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
msgid ""
"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Autho"
"rities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
msgid ""
"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certific"
"ates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the cha"
"nnel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
msgid ""
"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_use"
"r_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_use"
"r_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
msgid ""
"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicaliz"
"e the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
msgid ""
"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password"
" changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with da"
"ys since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
msgid ""
"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this"
" option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must b"
"e met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
msgid ""
" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be"
" enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use "
"the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerbero"
"s servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
-msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
msgid ""
"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers "
"can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
msgid ""
" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
"request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
msgid ""
"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
msgid ""
"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KD"
"Cs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
msgid ""
"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to reques"
"t a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
msgid ""
"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediat"
"ely followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followe"
"d by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
msgid ""
"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authe"
"ntication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to whi"
"ch SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
msgid ""
"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fu"
"lly qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
msgid ""
" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active"
" Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
msgid ""
"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active "
"Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
msgid ""
"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to w"
"inbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to wh"
-"ich SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
msgid ""
"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualif"
"ied name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeI"
"PA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
+#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
+msgid ""
+"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to"
+" diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
#. ################################################################
#. Summary()
#. returns html formated configuration summary
#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
+msgid ""
+"System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"System is configured for using sssd.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
+msgid ""
+"System is configured for using OES.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
+msgid ""
+"System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME
Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
msgid ""
"<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend fon"
"t rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1076
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1077
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
msgid ""
-"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing."
-"i>"
+"<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing"
+".</i>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
-msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only."
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
+msgid ""
+" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only."
+"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1085
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1086
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
msgid ""
"<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font"
" type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>F"
"orce Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1092
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
+msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
msgid ""
-"<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It is pos"
-"sible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+" It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.<"
+"/p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1099
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1100
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
msgid ""
-"<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, that is bitmap version"
-" of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirel"
-"y, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+"<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version o"
+"f given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely,"
+" on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1107
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1108
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
msgid ""
"<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour pr"
"imaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
msgid ""
"<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding "
"to display and its rotation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned of"
-"f by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setti"
-"ng in this section has no effect.</p>"
+"f by default."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+msgid ""
+" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this se"
+"ction has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
msgid ""
"<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined"
-". These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first. The"
-"re is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias. FPLs defi"
-"ned in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
+msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
+msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
msgid ""
"<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other q"
"uery elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE "
@@ -560,44 +618,44 @@
"/p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1135
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1136
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
msgid ""
"<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into accou"
"nt. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1140
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
msgid ""
"<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the "
"same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same sam"
"e size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
msgid ""
"<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably,"
" and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
msgid ""
"<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked."
"p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
msgid ""
"<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined "
"preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI request"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -1644,11 +1644,13 @@
#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") {
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059
-msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n"
+msgid ""
+"Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064
-msgid "and enable write access?\n"
+msgid ""
+"and enable write access?\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066
@@ -1684,7 +1686,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108
-msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n"
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to create a directory?\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111
@@ -1717,7 +1720,8 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310
-msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n"
+msgid ""
+"Change permissions of %1 ?\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207
@@ -1850,20 +1854,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -60,11 +60,9 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -115,17 +113,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -133,237 +131,295 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
-#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+msgid "Authentification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+msgid "Ca&ncel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+msgid "Enable Security Auth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+msgid "Authentification file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid ""
+"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
+"booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node "
+"manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#. Validation check before switch to authentification
+#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
-#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr ""
#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr ""
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
-msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -155,8 +155,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -167,9 +167,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -241,8 +241,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Main Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -287,8 +286,7 @@
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
msgid "Default Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -643,10 +641,10 @@
#. translators: Listen type for all addresses;
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302
+#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
@@ -700,37 +698,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -739,25 +737,25 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed."
"p>"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -768,52 +766,52 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -822,55 +820,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr ""
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
msgstr ""
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr ""
@@ -984,7 +982,7 @@
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr ""
@@ -1179,24 +1177,24 @@
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1204,206 +1202,206 @@
"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr ""
#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
msgid "requires"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
@@ -1411,241 +1409,241 @@
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid ""
"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for "
"URL redirection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid ""
"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid ""
"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and "
"content"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
msgid ""
"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the "
"request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid ""
"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic "
"authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid ""
"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the "
"client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid ""
"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP "
"modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid ""
"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
msgid ""
"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
msgid ""
"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer "
"Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
msgid ""
"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -496,7 +496,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122
-msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-07 09:39+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-07 09:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -17,13 +17,238 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"No installation control file has been found,\n"
+"the installer cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+msgid "Finishing the installation..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+msgid ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
+"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+msgid "Start service %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+msgid "Starting Installation..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
+"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
+"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
+"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
+"previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+msgid "Confirm Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+msgid "Start &Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is a heading
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is a menu entry
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to su"
+"ch devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile."
"\n"
@@ -35,23 +260,23 @@
"/tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
msgstr ""
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
msgid ""
"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do"
" not write it</a>)."
@@ -59,99 +284,96 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:67
-msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. Create a summary
#. return string
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid ""
"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installat"
"ion."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid ""
"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation s"
"ource"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid ""
"Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid ""
"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an im"
"age here"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid ""
"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during in"
"stallation)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
@@ -160,7 +382,7 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump"
@@ -171,12 +393,13 @@
"lation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages orig"
"inating from the images will\n"
@@ -184,18 +407,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr ""
#. changed to true
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -204,45 +427,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr ""
#. feedback heading
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr ""
#. feedback message
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
"Details: %1\n"
@@ -252,33 +475,33 @@
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -288,43 +511,48 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. bnc #359456
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr ""
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr ""
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -334,7 +562,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -344,7 +572,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -352,7 +580,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -361,7 +589,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -375,23 +603,23 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
@@ -399,51 +627,51 @@
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n"
"to the login screen.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
@@ -451,7 +679,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user intera"
@@ -462,29 +690,22 @@
"/tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dialog busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-msgid "Finishing the installation..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -493,22 +714,23 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packa"
@@ -516,244 +738,224 @@
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid ""
"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk wil"
"l be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379
-msgid "Starting Installation..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr ""
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -761,7 +963,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, sele"
@@ -770,24 +972,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drive"
"rs.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
@@ -795,34 +997,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configurat"
@@ -830,14 +1032,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
msgid ""
"Network configuration has failed.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for details."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
@@ -845,7 +1047,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installa"
"tion patterns)\n"
@@ -857,412 +1059,171 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr ""
#. UI wait loop
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
msgid ""
"No desktop type was selected.\n"
"Select the desired desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #449818
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr ""
-#. kilobytes
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214
-msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216
-msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force_reset
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
-msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not using tabs
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
-msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
-msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
-msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
-msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
-msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
-msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
-msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed."
-"\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. kicking out, bug #203811
-#. no such headline
-#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p>
-#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install,
-#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the
-#. <b>Change...</b> menu.
-#. </p>
-#. ");
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh@suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh@suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
-msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
-msgid ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
-msgid "&Update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
-msgid "&Install"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
msgid "&Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283
-msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr ""
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installatio"
@@ -1270,14 +1231,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1285,7 +1246,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1294,65 +1255,75 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:616
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:675
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+msgid "&Change..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the up"
@@ -1360,86 +1331,92 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:586
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:588
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:619 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:622 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:681
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:641
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr ""
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:645 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:798
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:652
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:655 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:864
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:664
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:668 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:838
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:840
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1449,7 +1426,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:903
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1459,7 +1436,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:940
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1468,7 +1445,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:960
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1477,7 +1454,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:980
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1485,7 +1462,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1061
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1493,17 +1470,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
@@ -1512,116 +1489,109 @@
msgstr ""
#. help ttext
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1635,204 +1605,242 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50
-msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
+msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
-msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
-msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"No installation control file has been found,\n"
-"the installer cannot continue."
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. while input loop
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
+msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
+#. to store profile after installation
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
+msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
msgid ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
-"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278
-msgid "Start service %1"
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298
-msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304
-msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
msgid ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
msgstr ""
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:181
-msgid "Confirm Installation"
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:184
-msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
+msgid "&Export Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
-"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:207
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
-"previous dialogs.</p>"
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:218 src/include/installation/misc.rb:236
-msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:224
-msgid "Confirm Update"
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:228
-msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:230
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
+msgid "Installation Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:240
-msgid "Start &Update"
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
-msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed."
+"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
-msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
-msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)."
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
-msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)."
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to su"
-"ch devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
-msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+msgid ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
-#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1840,19 +1848,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Log Out"
+msgid "Disconnect"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -125,9 +125,6 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -209,8 +206,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -303,34 +300,35 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>."
-"\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional"
+" targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode o"
+"f already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cance"
+"l the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the"
+" start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that thi"
"s access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption."
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only ab"
"le to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discoveri"
"ng targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
@@ -338,26 +336,20 @@
" 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and"
" <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connec"
"t</b>. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Passwor"
-"d</b>."
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -373,14 +365,38 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
-"List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to "
-"any target."
+"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox "
+"if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for "
+"both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates t"
+"o 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way roun"
+"d.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discover"
+"y</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP addr"
+"ess.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was su"
+"ccessful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will a"
+"ppear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for "
+"not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means d"
+"oing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of"
+" already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targe"
+"ts</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets wit"
+"hout changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -431,24 +447,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -456,38 +478,38 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
msgid ""
"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipath"
"ing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -578,7 +600,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -586,7 +608,13 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+msgid ""
+"Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
@@ -531,101 +531,110 @@
#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
msgid "Client name already exists!"
msgstr ""
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
msgid "New client name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+msgid ""
+"There isn't any client specified.\n"
+"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+"Really want to continue without client access?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -639,12 +648,12 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
-#. local IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/isns.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/journal.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-29 17:10+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-29 17:10+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -48,211 +48,211 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid ""
"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \""
"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid ""
"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the k"
"dump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid ""
"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command l"
"ine string."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
msgid ""
"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes p"
"assword (plain text file)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
msgid ""
-"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, n"
-"fs, cifs"
+"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, s"
+"ftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
msgid "User name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid ""
"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only "
"\"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid ""
"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or"
" s are allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
msgid "Email address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr ""
#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -261,8 +261,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -270,113 +270,113 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -395,39 +395,39 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr ""
@@ -444,48 +444,48 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -495,12 +495,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,20 +590,24 @@
msgid "FTP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
-msgid "SSH (scp)"
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
+msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
+msgid "SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -611,7 +615,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -620,114 +624,114 @@
#. password entry
#. password entry
#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr ""
#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -780,7 +784,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
@@ -788,7 +792,7 @@
".<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
@@ -798,7 +802,7 @@
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
@@ -810,10 +814,10 @@
"r></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
@@ -821,16 +825,34 @@
" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
+"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
+"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
+"by default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -841,7 +863,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n"
@@ -849,14 +871,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
@@ -865,14 +887,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
@@ -881,7 +903,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -891,12 +913,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain"
@@ -904,7 +926,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This"
"\n"
@@ -913,14 +935,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification em"
"ail will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to"
"\n"
@@ -928,7 +950,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the nu"
"mber of dump files \n"
@@ -936,28 +958,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -966,14 +988,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
@@ -982,7 +1004,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -990,7 +1012,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
@@ -998,14 +1020,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
@@ -1047,6 +1069,10 @@
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+msgid "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
msgid "Exported Sha&re"
@@ -1103,126 +1129,134 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+msgid ""
+"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only "
+"%{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -17,686 +17,39 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53
-msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66
-msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73
-msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83
-msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91
-msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97
-msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the server option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103
-msgid "The LDAP server name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the base option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110
-msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117
-msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123
-msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'automounter' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130
-msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'tls' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146
-msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'sssd' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154
-msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162
-msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'realm' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170
-msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177
-msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. password entering label
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313
-msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. popup window
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130
-msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. multiselection box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152
-msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206
-msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255
-msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264
-msgid "Protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278
-msgid "StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-msgid "LDAPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300
-msgid "TLS Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310
-msgid "Request server certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-msgid "Certificates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330
-msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336
-msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345
-msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351
-msgid "Brows&e"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360
-msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365
-msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425
-msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437
-msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462
-msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The downloaded certificate file\n"
-"\n"
-"'%1'\n"
-"\n"
-"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533
-msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>."
-" NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.con"
-"f\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3.5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid ""
-"<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <"
-"b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to "
-"use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in "
-"<b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>"
-", such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the serve"
-"r is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com"
-":379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the serv"
-"ice location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from serv"
-"er.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 6/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on se"
-"rver certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <"
-"i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> d"
-"ialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS"
-"_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allo"
-"w</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They ha"
-"ve a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the defaul"
-"t port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 8/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 9/9 (additional)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625
-msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635
-msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648
-msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663
-msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672
-msgid "&Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687
-msgid "LDAP Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697
-msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703
-msgid "F&ind"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711
-msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717
-msgid "F&etch DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733
-msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90
-msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. question popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765
-msgid ""
-"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-"\n"
-"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838
-msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845
-msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853
-msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has
-#. enabled NIS client before
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871
-msgid ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
-msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947
-msgid ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is dis"
-"abled.\n"
-"Enable certificate checks now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
-msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>"
-"KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Off"
-"line Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>."
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the"
-"\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of "
-"its values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042
-msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050
-msgid ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) o"
-"r \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended "
-"automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only create"
-"d when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet o"
-"r\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they"
-" are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_searc"
-"h_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
-msgid "C&lient Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144
-msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146
-msgid "Naming Contexts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180
-msgid "&User Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186
-msgid "&Browse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194
-msgid "&Group Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332
-msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-msgid "&Autofs Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240
-msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248
-msgid "Default Real&m"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250
-msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257
-msgid "LDAP Schema"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269
-msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281
-msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291
-msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298
-msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326
-msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341
-msgid "Administrator &DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347
-msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355
-msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364
-msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384
-msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500
-msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507
-msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-msgstr ""
-
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616
+#: src/ui.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n"
"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624
+#: src/ui.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n"
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
@@ -705,66 +58,66 @@
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (table folows)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr ""
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr ""
#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886
+#: src/ui.rb:438
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
@@ -773,7 +126,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value r"
@@ -782,7 +135,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -790,33 +143,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007
+#: src/ui.rb:559
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118
-msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154
-msgid ""
-"You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label (init dialog)
-#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/live-installer.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/live-installer.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/live-installer.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/mail.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -206,7 +206,8 @@
#. but ProbePackages still has to be called.
#. continue-cancel popup
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157
-msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n"
+msgid ""
+"The configuration will be written now.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
@@ -772,7 +773,8 @@
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
-msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
+msgid ""
+"AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup.
@@ -785,12 +787,14 @@
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
-msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
-msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@
msgid "alias"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
@@ -117,90 +117,80 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259
-msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
+msgid ""
+"Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr ""
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr ""
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr ""
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr ""
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr ""
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654
-msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath");
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr ""
-#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725
-msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -317,35 +307,35 @@
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr ""
#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
@@ -19,82 +19,82 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=INTEGER; plural=EXPRESSION;\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr ""
#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr ""
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr ""
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr ""
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr ""
#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr ""
#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. add the Cancel button
#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. add the OK button
#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr ""
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr ""
@@ -367,40 +367,50 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. part 2 of the text
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
+msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
msgstr ""
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
msgstr ""
-#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
-msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr ""
@@ -549,7 +559,7 @@
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -745,292 +755,292 @@
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr ""
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr ""
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr ""
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr ""
#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr ""
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr ""
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
msgstr ""
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""
#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr ""
#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
msgid "&No"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr ""
#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr ""
@@ -1038,61 +1048,61 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr ""
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr ""
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr ""
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr ""
#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr ""
#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "Source"
msgstr ""
#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr ""
#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825
msgid "Script"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/network.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2015-08-25 13:47:33 UTC (rev 92302)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2015-08-25 21:58:53 UTC (rev 92303)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -53,34 +53,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:163
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:188
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:225
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:226
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:245
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:254
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
msgid "Internal error"
msgstr ""
@@ -90,35 +90,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network att"
@@ -128,13 +128,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH"
"\n"
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -153,49 +153,49 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr ""
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
msgid "SSH port will be open (block</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)"
msgstr ""
@@ -208,139 +208,139 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:125
+#: src/clients/host.rb:123
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr ""
#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr ""
#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr ""
#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr ""
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr ""
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -352,26 +352,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -418,61 +418,50 @@
msgid "Config identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:136
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:140
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:145
-msgid "Device boot protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:150
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:155
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:160
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:165
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:170
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:175
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr ""
-#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
-#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
-#. has higher priority
-#.
-#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
-#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
-#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
-#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
-#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
-#. Other elements may have similar problems,
-#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -487,28 +476,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:90
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:93
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:107
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/network.rb:125
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr ""
@@ -528,12 +517,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:128
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:148
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -552,7 +541,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -623,111 +612,111 @@
#. main ui function
#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:427
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
msgid ""
"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) m"
"ust be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:419
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -749,149 +738,149 @@
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr ""
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -963,73 +952,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr ""
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr ""
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr ""
#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr ""
#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1037,7 +1026,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1047,7 +1036,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1058,156 +1047,156 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1215,13 +1204,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1232,20 +1221,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1255,7 +1244,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1263,61 +1252,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO:
-#. "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD"
@@ -1330,7 +1318,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1517,11 +1505,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. list
participants (1)
-
ancor@svn2.opensuse.org